2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
/* client.c: NFS client sharing and management code
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2006 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
|
|
|
* Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
|
|
|
|
* 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/module.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/init.h>
|
Detach sched.h from mm.h
First thing mm.h does is including sched.h solely for can_do_mlock() inline
function which has "current" dereference inside. By dealing with can_do_mlock()
mm.h can be detached from sched.h which is good. See below, why.
This patch
a) removes unconditional inclusion of sched.h from mm.h
b) makes can_do_mlock() normal function in mm/mlock.c
c) exports can_do_mlock() to not break compilation
d) adds sched.h inclusions back to files that were getting it indirectly.
e) adds less bloated headers to some files (asm/signal.h, jiffies.h) that were
getting them indirectly
Net result is:
a) mm.h users would get less code to open, read, preprocess, parse, ... if
they don't need sched.h
b) sched.h stops being dependency for significant number of files:
on x86_64 allmodconfig touching sched.h results in recompile of 4083 files,
after patch it's only 3744 (-8.3%).
Cross-compile tested on
all arm defconfigs, all mips defconfigs, all powerpc defconfigs,
alpha alpha-up
arm
i386 i386-up i386-defconfig i386-allnoconfig
ia64 ia64-up
m68k
mips
parisc parisc-up
powerpc powerpc-up
s390 s390-up
sparc sparc-up
sparc64 sparc64-up
um-x86_64
x86_64 x86_64-up x86_64-defconfig x86_64-allnoconfig
as well as my two usual configs.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-05-21 04:22:52 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sched.h>
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/time.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/mm.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/string.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/stat.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/errno.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/unistd.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/clnt.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/stats.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/metrics.h>
|
2007-09-11 00:48:23 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtsock.h>
|
2007-09-11 00:49:41 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtrdma.h>
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_fs.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_mount.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs4_mount.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/lockd/bind.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/seq_file.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/mount.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_idmap.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/vfs.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/inet.h>
|
2008-01-04 01:28:58 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/in6.h>
|
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 15:04:11 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/slab.h>
|
2008-01-04 01:28:58 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <net/ipv6.h>
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_xdr.h>
|
2009-04-01 20:23:15 +07:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h>
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <asm/system.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "nfs4_fs.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "callback.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "delegation.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "iostat.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "internal.h"
|
2009-04-03 22:42:42 +07:00
|
|
|
#include "fscache.h"
|
2010-10-20 11:17:58 +07:00
|
|
|
#include "pnfs.h"
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define NFSDBG_FACILITY NFSDBG_CLIENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
static LIST_HEAD(nfs_client_list);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
static LIST_HEAD(nfs_volume_list);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
static DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD(nfs_client_active_wq);
|
2011-01-06 09:04:30 +07:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
static DEFINE_IDR(cb_ident_idr); /* Protected by nfs_client_lock */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Get a unique NFSv4.0 callback identifier which will be used
|
|
|
|
* by the V4.0 callback service to lookup the nfs_client struct
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_get_cb_ident_idr(struct nfs_client *clp, int minorversion)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops->version != 4 || minorversion != 0)
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
retry:
|
|
|
|
if (!idr_pre_get(&cb_ident_idr, GFP_KERNEL))
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
ret = idr_get_new(&cb_ident_idr, clp, &clp->cl_cb_ident);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
if (ret == -EAGAIN)
|
|
|
|
goto retry;
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-23 06:44:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Turn off NFSv4 uid/gid mapping when using AUTH_SYS
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_disable_idmapping = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* RPC cruft for NFS
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct rpc_version *nfs_version[5] = {
|
|
|
|
[2] = &nfs_version2,
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
|
|
|
[3] = &nfs_version3,
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
[4] = &nfs_version4,
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_program nfs_program = {
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs",
|
|
|
|
.number = NFS_PROGRAM,
|
|
|
|
.nrvers = ARRAY_SIZE(nfs_version),
|
|
|
|
.version = nfs_version,
|
|
|
|
.stats = &nfs_rpcstat,
|
2011-07-31 07:52:42 +07:00
|
|
|
.pipe_dir_name = NFS_PIPE_DIRNAME,
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_stat nfs_rpcstat = {
|
|
|
|
.program = &nfs_program
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL
|
|
|
|
static struct rpc_stat nfsacl_rpcstat = { &nfsacl_program };
|
|
|
|
static struct rpc_version * nfsacl_version[] = {
|
|
|
|
[3] = &nfsacl_version3,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_program nfsacl_program = {
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfsacl",
|
|
|
|
.number = NFS_ACL_PROGRAM,
|
|
|
|
.nrvers = ARRAY_SIZE(nfsacl_version),
|
|
|
|
.version = nfsacl_version,
|
|
|
|
.stats = &nfsacl_rpcstat,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL */
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client_initdata {
|
|
|
|
const char *hostname;
|
2007-12-11 02:58:51 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *addr;
|
2007-12-11 02:58:15 +07:00
|
|
|
size_t addrlen;
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct nfs_rpc_ops *rpc_ops;
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
int proto;
|
2009-04-01 20:21:50 +07:00
|
|
|
u32 minorversion;
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Allocate a shared client record
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Since these are allocated/deallocated very rarely, we don't
|
|
|
|
* bother putting them in a slab cache...
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
static struct nfs_client *nfs_alloc_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *cl_init)
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
2008-04-08 07:50:11 +07:00
|
|
|
struct rpc_cred *cred;
|
2009-06-18 08:02:10 +07:00
|
|
|
int err = -ENOMEM;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((clp = kzalloc(sizeof(*clp), GFP_KERNEL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto error_0;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->rpc_ops = cl_init->rpc_ops;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
atomic_set(&clp->cl_count, 1);
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_cons_state = NFS_CS_INITING;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 02:58:15 +07:00
|
|
|
memcpy(&clp->cl_addr, cl_init->addr, cl_init->addrlen);
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_addrlen = cl_init->addrlen;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
if (cl_init->hostname) {
|
2009-06-18 08:02:10 +07:00
|
|
|
err = -ENOMEM;
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->cl_hostname = kstrdup(cl_init->hostname, GFP_KERNEL);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!clp->cl_hostname)
|
2009-04-01 20:22:56 +07:00
|
|
|
goto error_cleanup;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_superblocks);
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_rpcclient = ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->cl_proto = cl_init->proto;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2011-01-06 09:04:30 +07:00
|
|
|
err = nfs_get_cb_ident_idr(clp, cl_init->minorversion);
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
goto error_cleanup;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
spin_lock_init(&clp->cl_lock);
|
2006-11-22 21:55:48 +07:00
|
|
|
INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&clp->cl_renewd, nfs4_renew_state);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
rpc_init_wait_queue(&clp->cl_rpcwaitq, "NFS client");
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_boot_time = CURRENT_TIME;
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_state = 1 << NFS4CLNT_LEASE_EXPIRED;
|
2009-04-01 20:21:50 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->cl_minorversion = cl_init->minorversion;
|
2010-06-16 20:52:26 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->cl_mvops = nfs_v4_minor_ops[cl_init->minorversion];
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2008-04-08 07:50:11 +07:00
|
|
|
cred = rpc_lookup_machine_cred();
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(cred))
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_machine_cred = cred;
|
2009-04-03 22:42:42 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_get_client_cookie(clp);
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:56 +07:00
|
|
|
error_cleanup:
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
kfree(clp);
|
|
|
|
error_0:
|
2009-06-18 08:02:10 +07:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(err);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-24 12:03:05 +07:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4_1
|
2011-01-06 09:04:29 +07:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_shutdown_session(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (nfs4_has_session(clp))
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs4_destroy_session(clp->cl_session);
|
2010-02-05 18:45:03 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-06 09:04:29 +07:00
|
|
|
#else /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_shutdown_session(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */
|
2009-04-01 20:22:56 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-05 18:45:03 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Destroy the NFS4 callback service
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_destroy_callback(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (__test_and_clear_bit(NFS_CS_CALLBACK, &clp->cl_res_state))
|
2010-06-16 20:52:26 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_callback_down(clp->cl_mvops->minor_version);
|
2010-02-05 18:45:03 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_shutdown_client(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (__test_and_clear_bit(NFS_CS_RENEWD, &clp->cl_res_state))
|
|
|
|
nfs4_kill_renewd(clp);
|
2011-01-06 09:04:29 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs4_shutdown_session(clp);
|
2009-04-01 20:22:56 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs4_destroy_callback(clp);
|
2010-02-05 18:45:03 +07:00
|
|
|
if (__test_and_clear_bit(NFS_CS_IDMAP, &clp->cl_res_state))
|
|
|
|
nfs_idmap_delete(clp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_destroy_wait_queue(&clp->cl_rpcwaitq);
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-06 09:04:30 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* idr_remove_all is not needed as all id's are removed by nfs_put_client */
|
|
|
|
void nfs_cleanup_cb_ident_idr(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
idr_destroy(&cb_ident_idr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* nfs_client_lock held */
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_cb_idr_remove_locked(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_cb_ident)
|
|
|
|
idr_remove(&cb_ident_idr, clp->cl_cb_ident);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 18:36:32 +07:00
|
|
|
static void pnfs_init_server(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
rpc_init_wait_queue(&server->roc_rpcwaitq, "pNFS ROC");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-05 18:45:03 +07:00
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_shutdown_client(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-06 09:04:30 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void nfs_cleanup_cb_ident_idr(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_cb_idr_remove_locked(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-06 18:36:32 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void pnfs_init_server(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-05 18:45:03 +07:00
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Destroy a shared client record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_free_client(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_free_client(%u)\n", clp->rpc_ops->version);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2006-08-24 12:03:05 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs4_shutdown_client(clp);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 22:42:42 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_release_client_cookie(clp);
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
/* -EIO all pending I/O */
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(clp->cl_rpcclient))
|
|
|
|
rpc_shutdown_client(clp->cl_rpcclient);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-08 07:50:11 +07:00
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_machine_cred != NULL)
|
|
|
|
put_rpccred(clp->cl_machine_cred);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-20 18:47:33 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs4_deviceid_purge_client(clp);
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
kfree(clp->cl_hostname);
|
2011-06-01 06:05:47 +07:00
|
|
|
kfree(clp->server_scope);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
kfree(clp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_free_client()\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Release a reference to a shared client record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void nfs_put_client(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-07-31 01:40:56 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!clp)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_put_client({%d})\n", atomic_read(&clp->cl_count));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (atomic_dec_and_lock(&clp->cl_count, &nfs_client_lock)) {
|
|
|
|
list_del(&clp->cl_share_link);
|
2011-01-06 09:04:30 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_cb_idr_remove_locked(clp);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!list_empty(&clp->cl_superblocks));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_client(clp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-10-20 11:18:04 +07:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_put_client);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-24 03:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Test if two ip6 socket addresses refer to the same socket by
|
|
|
|
* comparing relevant fields. The padding bytes specifically, are not
|
|
|
|
* compared. sin6_flowinfo is not compared because it only affects QoS
|
|
|
|
* and sin6_scope_id is only compared if the address is "link local"
|
|
|
|
* because "link local" addresses need only be unique to a specific
|
|
|
|
* link. Conversely, ordinary unicast addresses might have different
|
|
|
|
* sin6_scope_id.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The caller should ensure both socket addresses are AF_INET6.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr6(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa1;
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa2;
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
if (ipv6_addr_scope(&sin1->sin6_addr) == IPV6_ADDR_SCOPE_LINKLOCAL &&
|
|
|
|
sin1->sin6_scope_id != sin2->sin6_scope_id)
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-01-04 01:28:58 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-13 06:55:26 +07:00
|
|
|
return ipv6_addr_equal(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr);
|
2008-01-04 01:28:58 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
#else /* !defined(CONFIG_IPV6) && !defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE) */
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr6(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-24 03:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2008-01-04 01:28:58 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Test if two ip4 socket addresses refer to the same socket, by
|
|
|
|
* comparing relevant fields. The padding bytes specifically, are
|
|
|
|
* not compared.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The caller should ensure both socket addresses are AF_INET.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr4(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in *sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)sa1;
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in *sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)sa2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return sin1->sin_addr.s_addr == sin2->sin_addr.s_addr;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_cmp_ip6(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa1;
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in6 *sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr6(sa1, sa2) &&
|
|
|
|
(sin1->sin6_port == sin2->sin6_port);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_cmp_ip4(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in *sin1 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)sa1;
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr_in *sin2 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)sa2;
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
return nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr4(sa1, sa2) &&
|
|
|
|
(sin1->sin_port == sin2->sin_port);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Test if two socket addresses represent the same actual socket,
|
|
|
|
* by comparing (only) relevant fields, excluding the port number.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (sa1->sa_family != sa2->sa_family)
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (sa1->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
return nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr4(sa1, sa2);
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
return nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr6(sa1, sa2);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Test if two socket addresses represent the same actual socket,
|
2009-03-19 07:48:14 +07:00
|
|
|
* by comparing (only) relevant fields, including the port number.
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_sockaddr_cmp(const struct sockaddr *sa1,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sa2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (sa1->sa_family != sa2->sa_family)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (sa1->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
return nfs_sockaddr_cmp_ip4(sa1, sa2);
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
2009-03-13 01:51:32 +07:00
|
|
|
return nfs_sockaddr_cmp_ip6(sa1, sa2);
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Common match routine for v4.0 and v4.1 callback services */
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
|
|
nfs4_cb_match_client(const struct sockaddr *addr, struct nfs_client *clp,
|
|
|
|
u32 minorversion)
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *clap = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Don't match clients that failed to initialise */
|
|
|
|
if (!(clp->cl_cons_state == NFS_CS_READY ||
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_cons_state == NFS_CS_SESSION_INITING))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2008-01-04 01:28:58 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Match the version and minorversion */
|
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops->version != 4 ||
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_minorversion != minorversion)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2006-10-20 13:28:40 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Match only the IP address, not the port number */
|
|
|
|
if (!nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr(addr, clap))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2008-01-26 13:06:40 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
* Find an nfs_client on the list that matches the initialisation data
|
|
|
|
* that is supplied.
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
static struct nfs_client *nfs_match_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *data)
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *sap = data->addr;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(clp, &nfs_client_list, cl_share_link) {
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *clap = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr;
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Don't match clients that failed to initialise properly */
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_cons_state < 0)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Different NFS versions cannot share the same nfs_client */
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops != data->rpc_ops)
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_proto != data->proto)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2009-04-01 20:21:50 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Match nfsv4 minorversion */
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_minorversion != data->minorversion)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Match the full socket address */
|
2009-03-11 07:33:22 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_sockaddr_cmp(sap, clap))
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&clp->cl_count);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
2006-10-20 13:28:40 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Look up a client by IP address and protocol version
|
|
|
|
* - creates a new record if one doesn't yet exist
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
static struct nfs_client *
|
|
|
|
nfs_get_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *cl_init,
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
|
|
|
|
const char *ip_addr,
|
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t authflavour,
|
|
|
|
int noresvport)
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp, *new = NULL;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 02:58:51 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_get_client(%s,v%u)\n",
|
|
|
|
cl_init->hostname ?: "", cl_init->rpc_ops->version);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* see if the client already exists */
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-15 02:56:05 +07:00
|
|
|
clp = nfs_match_client(cl_init);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
if (clp)
|
|
|
|
goto found_client;
|
|
|
|
if (new)
|
|
|
|
goto install_client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
new = nfs_alloc_client(cl_init);
|
2009-06-18 08:02:10 +07:00
|
|
|
} while (!IS_ERR(new));
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-06-18 08:02:10 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_get_client() = %ld [failed]\n", PTR_ERR(new));
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* install a new client and return with it unready */
|
|
|
|
install_client:
|
|
|
|
clp = new;
|
|
|
|
list_add(&clp->cl_share_link, &nfs_client_list);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = cl_init->rpc_ops->init_client(clp, timeparms, ip_addr,
|
|
|
|
authflavour, noresvport);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_put_client(clp);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_get_client() = %p [new]\n", clp);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* found an existing client
|
|
|
|
* - make sure it's ready before returning
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
found_client:
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (new)
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_client(new);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-07 04:24:39 +07:00
|
|
|
error = wait_event_killable(nfs_client_active_wq,
|
2009-04-01 20:22:38 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->cl_cons_state < NFS_CS_INITING);
|
2006-10-09 01:33:24 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_put_client(clp);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ERESTARTSYS);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_cons_state < NFS_CS_READY) {
|
|
|
|
error = clp->cl_cons_state;
|
|
|
|
nfs_put_client(clp);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
BUG_ON(clp->cl_cons_state != NFS_CS_READY);
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_get_client() = %p [share]\n", clp);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mark a server as ready or failed
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-04-01 20:22:38 +07:00
|
|
|
void nfs_mark_client_ready(struct nfs_client *clp, int state)
|
2006-08-23 07:06:10 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_cons_state = state;
|
|
|
|
wake_up_all(&nfs_client_active_wq);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:50 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* With sessions, the client is not marked ready until after a
|
|
|
|
* successful EXCHANGE_ID and CREATE_SESSION.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Map errors cl_cons_state errors to EPROTONOSUPPORT to indicate
|
|
|
|
* other versions of NFS can be tried.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int nfs4_check_client_ready(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (!nfs4_has_session(clp))
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_cons_state < NFS_CS_READY)
|
|
|
|
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialise the timeout values for a connection
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_init_timeout_values(struct rpc_timeout *to, int proto,
|
|
|
|
unsigned int timeo, unsigned int retrans)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
to->to_initval = timeo * HZ / 10;
|
|
|
|
to->to_retries = retrans;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (proto) {
|
2007-09-11 00:48:23 +07:00
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP:
|
2007-09-11 00:49:41 +07:00
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA:
|
2008-07-03 01:43:47 +07:00
|
|
|
if (to->to_retries == 0)
|
|
|
|
to->to_retries = NFS_DEF_TCP_RETRANS;
|
2007-12-21 04:03:57 +07:00
|
|
|
if (to->to_initval == 0)
|
2008-07-03 01:43:47 +07:00
|
|
|
to->to_initval = NFS_DEF_TCP_TIMEO * HZ / 10;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
if (to->to_initval > NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT)
|
|
|
|
to->to_initval = NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT;
|
|
|
|
to->to_increment = to->to_initval;
|
|
|
|
to->to_maxval = to->to_initval + (to->to_increment * to->to_retries);
|
2007-12-21 04:03:57 +07:00
|
|
|
if (to->to_maxval > NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT)
|
|
|
|
to->to_maxval = NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT;
|
|
|
|
if (to->to_maxval < to->to_initval)
|
|
|
|
to->to_maxval = to->to_initval;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
to->to_exponential = 0;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-11 00:48:23 +07:00
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
|
2008-07-03 01:43:47 +07:00
|
|
|
if (to->to_retries == 0)
|
|
|
|
to->to_retries = NFS_DEF_UDP_RETRANS;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!to->to_initval)
|
2008-07-03 01:43:47 +07:00
|
|
|
to->to_initval = NFS_DEF_UDP_TIMEO * HZ / 10;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
if (to->to_initval > NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT)
|
|
|
|
to->to_initval = NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT;
|
|
|
|
to->to_maxval = NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT;
|
|
|
|
to->to_exponential = 1;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2008-07-03 01:43:47 +07:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
BUG();
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create an RPC client handle
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_create_rpc_client(struct nfs_client *clp,
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
|
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t flavor,
|
2008-12-24 03:21:35 +07:00
|
|
|
int discrtry, int noresvport)
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_clnt *clnt = NULL;
|
2006-08-23 07:06:20 +07:00
|
|
|
struct rpc_create_args args = {
|
2010-09-29 19:04:45 +07:00
|
|
|
.net = &init_net,
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
.protocol = clp->cl_proto,
|
2006-08-23 07:06:20 +07:00
|
|
|
.address = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr,
|
2007-12-11 02:58:15 +07:00
|
|
|
.addrsize = clp->cl_addrlen,
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
.timeout = timeparms,
|
2006-08-23 07:06:20 +07:00
|
|
|
.servername = clp->cl_hostname,
|
|
|
|
.program = &nfs_program,
|
|
|
|
.version = clp->rpc_ops->version,
|
|
|
|
.authflavor = flavor,
|
|
|
|
};
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-24 03:21:35 +07:00
|
|
|
if (discrtry)
|
|
|
|
args.flags |= RPC_CLNT_CREATE_DISCRTRY;
|
|
|
|
if (noresvport)
|
|
|
|
args.flags |= RPC_CLNT_CREATE_NONPRIVPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(clp->cl_rpcclient))
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 07:06:20 +07:00
|
|
|
clnt = rpc_create(&args);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(clnt)) {
|
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: cannot create RPC client. Error = %ld\n",
|
2008-05-03 03:42:44 +07:00
|
|
|
__func__, PTR_ERR(clnt));
|
2006-08-23 07:06:12 +07:00
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(clnt);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_rpcclient = clnt;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Version 2 or 3 client destruction
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_destroy_server(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-09-23 19:55:58 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!(server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK) ||
|
|
|
|
!(server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL))
|
2008-01-12 05:09:52 +07:00
|
|
|
nlmclnt_done(server->nlm_host);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Version 2 or 3 lockd setup
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_start_lockd(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-01-12 05:09:52 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nlm_host *host;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
|
2008-01-16 04:04:20 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nlmclnt_initdata nlm_init = {
|
|
|
|
.hostname = clp->cl_hostname,
|
|
|
|
.address = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr,
|
|
|
|
.addrlen = clp->cl_addrlen,
|
|
|
|
.nfs_version = clp->rpc_ops->version,
|
2008-12-24 03:21:38 +07:00
|
|
|
.noresvport = server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT ?
|
|
|
|
1 : 0,
|
2008-01-16 04:04:20 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2008-01-16 04:04:20 +07:00
|
|
|
if (nlm_init.nfs_version > 3)
|
2008-01-12 05:09:52 +07:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2010-09-23 19:55:58 +07:00
|
|
|
if ((server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK) &&
|
|
|
|
(server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL))
|
2008-01-12 05:09:52 +07:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-24 01:36:37 +07:00
|
|
|
switch (clp->cl_proto) {
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
nlm_init.protocol = IPPROTO_TCP;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
|
|
|
|
nlm_init.protocol = IPPROTO_UDP;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-16 04:04:20 +07:00
|
|
|
host = nlmclnt_init(&nlm_init);
|
2008-01-12 05:09:52 +07:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(host))
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(host);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->nlm_host = host;
|
|
|
|
server->destroy = nfs_destroy_server;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialise an NFSv3 ACL client connection
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_init_server_aclclient(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
if (server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version != 3)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
goto out_noacl;
|
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NOACL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_noacl;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->client_acl = rpc_bind_new_program(server->client, &nfsacl_program, 3);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server->client_acl))
|
|
|
|
goto out_noacl;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* No errors! Assume that Sun nfsacls are supported */
|
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_ACLS;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_noacl:
|
|
|
|
server->caps &= ~NFS_CAP_ACLS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
static inline void nfs_init_server_aclclient(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
server->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOACL;
|
|
|
|
server->caps &= ~NFS_CAP_ACLS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a general RPC client
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_init_server_rpcclient(struct nfs_server *server,
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_timeout *timeo,
|
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t pseudoflavour)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->client = rpc_clone_client(clp->cl_rpcclient);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server->client)) {
|
2008-05-03 03:42:44 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: couldn't create rpc_client!\n", __func__);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(server->client);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
memcpy(&server->client->cl_timeout_default,
|
|
|
|
timeo,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(server->client->cl_timeout_default));
|
|
|
|
server->client->cl_timeout = &server->client->cl_timeout_default;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (pseudoflavour != clp->cl_rpcclient->cl_auth->au_flavor) {
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_auth *auth;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
auth = rpcauth_create(pseudoflavour, server->client);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(auth)) {
|
2008-05-03 03:42:44 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: couldn't create credcache!\n", __func__);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(auth);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
server->client->cl_softrtry = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_SOFT)
|
|
|
|
server->client->cl_softrtry = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialise an NFS2 or NFS3 client
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
int nfs_init_client(struct nfs_client *clp, const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
|
|
|
|
const char *ip_addr, rpc_authflavor_t authflavour,
|
|
|
|
int noresvport)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_cons_state == NFS_CS_READY) {
|
|
|
|
/* the client is already initialised */
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_client() = 0 [already %p]\n", clp);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a client RPC handle for doing FSSTAT with UNIX auth only
|
|
|
|
* - RFC 2623, sec 2.3.2
|
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: add "[no]resvport" mount option
The standard default security setting for NFS is AUTH_SYS. An NFS
client connects to NFS servers via a privileged source port and a
fixed standard destination port (2049). The client sends raw uid and
gid numbers to identify users making NFS requests, and the server
assumes an appropriate authority on the client has vetted these
values because the source port is privileged.
On Linux, by default in-kernel RPC services use a privileged port in
the range between 650 and 1023 to avoid using source ports of well-
known IP services. Using such a small range limits the number of NFS
mount points and the number of unique NFS servers to which a client
can connect concurrently.
An NFS client can use unprivileged source ports to expand the range of
source port numbers, allowing more concurrent server connections and
more NFS mount points. Servers must explicitly allow NFS connections
from unprivileged ports for this to work.
In the past, bumping the value of the sunrpc.max_resvport sysctl on
the client would permit the NFS client to use unprivileged ports.
Bumping this setting also changes the maximum port number used by
other in-kernel RPC services, some of which still required a port
number less than 1023.
This is exacerbated by the way source port numbers are chosen by the
Linux RPC client, which starts at the top of the range and works
downwards. It means that bumping the maximum means all RPC services
requesting a source port will likely get an unprivileged port instead
of a privileged one.
Changing this setting effects all NFS mount points on a client. A
sysadmin could not selectively choose which mount points would use
non-privileged ports and which could not.
Lastly, this mechanism of expanding the limit on the number of NFS
mount points was entirely undocumented.
To address the need for the NFS client to use a large range of source
ports without interfering with the activity of other in-kernel RPC
services, we introduce a new NFS mount option. This option explicitly
tells only the NFS client to use a non-privileged source port when
communicating with the NFS server for one specific mount point.
This new mount option is called "resvport," like the similar NFS mount
option on FreeBSD and Mac OS X. A sister patch for nfs-utils will be
submitted that documents this new option in nfs(5).
The default setting for this new mount option requires the NFS client
to use a privileged port, as before. Explicitly specifying the
"noresvport" mount option allows the NFS client to use an unprivileged
source port for this mount point when connecting to the NFS server
port.
This mount option is supported only for text-based NFS mounts.
[ Sidebar: it is widely known that security mechanisms based on the
use of privileged source ports are ineffective. However, the NFS
client can combine the use of unprivileged ports with the use of
secure authentication mechanisms, such as Kerberos. This allows a
large number of connections and mount points while ensuring a useful
level of security.
Eventually we may change the default setting for this option
depending on the security flavor used for the mount. For example,
if the mount is using only AUTH_SYS, then the default setting will
be "resvport;" if the mount is using a strong security flavor such
as krb5, the default setting will be "noresvport." ]
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com: Fixed a bug whereby nfs4_init_client()
was being called with incorrect arguments.]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-12-24 03:21:37 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_create_rpc_client(clp, timeparms, RPC_AUTH_UNIX,
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
0, noresvport);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
nfs_mark_client_ready(clp, NFS_CS_READY);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
nfs_mark_client_ready(clp, error);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_client() = xerror %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a version 2 or 3 client
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-11 00:43:56 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_init_server(struct nfs_server *server,
|
|
|
|
const struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client_initdata cl_init = {
|
|
|
|
.hostname = data->nfs_server.hostname,
|
2007-12-11 02:58:51 +07:00
|
|
|
.addr = (const struct sockaddr *)&data->nfs_server.address,
|
2007-12-11 02:59:28 +07:00
|
|
|
.addrlen = data->nfs_server.addrlen,
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
.rpc_ops = &nfs_v2_clientops,
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
.proto = data->nfs_server.protocol,
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
struct rpc_timeout timeparms;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_init_server()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
2009-09-24 01:36:37 +07:00
|
|
|
if (data->version == 3)
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
cl_init.rpc_ops = &nfs_v3_clientops;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_init_timeout_values(&timeparms, data->nfs_server.protocol,
|
|
|
|
data->timeo, data->retrans);
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Allocate or find a client reference we can use */
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
clp = nfs_get_client(&cl_init, &timeparms, NULL, RPC_AUTH_UNIX,
|
|
|
|
data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(clp)) {
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_server() = error %ld\n", PTR_ERR(clp));
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(clp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->nfs_client = clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialise the client representation from the mount data */
|
2008-08-16 03:59:14 +07:00
|
|
|
server->flags = data->flags;
|
2009-04-03 22:42:48 +07:00
|
|
|
server->options = data->options;
|
2009-08-10 02:06:19 +07:00
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_HARDLINKS|NFS_CAP_SYMLINKS|NFS_CAP_FILEID|
|
|
|
|
NFS_CAP_MODE|NFS_CAP_NLINK|NFS_CAP_OWNER|NFS_CAP_OWNER_GROUP|
|
|
|
|
NFS_CAP_ATIME|NFS_CAP_CTIME|NFS_CAP_MTIME;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->rsize)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(data->rsize, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (data->wsize)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(data->wsize, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->acregmin = data->acregmin * HZ;
|
|
|
|
server->acregmax = data->acregmax * HZ;
|
|
|
|
server->acdirmin = data->acdirmin * HZ;
|
|
|
|
server->acdirmax = data->acdirmax * HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start lockd here, before we might error out */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_start_lockd(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-15 01:10:22 +07:00
|
|
|
server->port = data->nfs_server.port;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_init_server_rpcclient(server, &timeparms, data->auth_flavors[0]);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-15 01:10:30 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Preserve the values of mount_server-related mount options */
|
|
|
|
if (data->mount_server.addrlen) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy(&server->mountd_address, &data->mount_server.address,
|
|
|
|
data->mount_server.addrlen);
|
|
|
|
server->mountd_addrlen = data->mount_server.addrlen;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
server->mountd_version = data->mount_server.version;
|
|
|
|
server->mountd_port = data->mount_server.port;
|
|
|
|
server->mountd_protocol = data->mount_server.protocol;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->namelen = data->namlen;
|
|
|
|
/* Create a client RPC handle for the NFSv3 ACL management interface */
|
|
|
|
nfs_init_server_aclclient(server);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_server() = 0 [new %p]\n", clp);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
server->nfs_client = NULL;
|
|
|
|
nfs_put_client(clp);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_server() = xerror %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Load up the server record from information gained in an fsinfo record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-07-31 07:52:36 +07:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_server_set_fsinfo(struct nfs_server *server,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fsinfo *fsinfo)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
unsigned long max_rpc_payload;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Work out a lot of parameters */
|
|
|
|
if (server->rsize == 0)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->rtpref, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (server->wsize == 0)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->wtpref, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (fsinfo->rtmax >= 512 && server->rsize > fsinfo->rtmax)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->rtmax, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (fsinfo->wtmax >= 512 && server->wsize > fsinfo->wtmax)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->wtmax, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
max_rpc_payload = nfs_block_size(rpc_max_payload(server->client), NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (server->rsize > max_rpc_payload)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = max_rpc_payload;
|
|
|
|
if (server->rsize > NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
server->rpages = (server->rsize + PAGE_CACHE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT;
|
2007-10-17 13:25:46 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-06-12 19:45:52 +07:00
|
|
|
server->backing_dev_info.name = "nfs";
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->backing_dev_info.ra_pages = server->rpages * NFS_MAX_READAHEAD;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (server->wsize > max_rpc_payload)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = max_rpc_payload;
|
|
|
|
if (server->wsize > NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
server->wpages = (server->wsize + PAGE_CACHE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT;
|
2011-07-31 07:52:37 +07:00
|
|
|
server->pnfs_blksize = fsinfo->blksize;
|
2011-07-31 07:52:36 +07:00
|
|
|
set_pnfs_layoutdriver(server, mntfh, fsinfo->layouttype);
|
2010-10-20 11:17:58 +07:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->wtmult = nfs_block_bits(fsinfo->wtmult, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->dtsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->dtpref, NULL);
|
2010-10-21 02:44:37 +07:00
|
|
|
if (server->dtsize > PAGE_CACHE_SIZE * NFS_MAX_READDIR_PAGES)
|
|
|
|
server->dtsize = PAGE_CACHE_SIZE * NFS_MAX_READDIR_PAGES;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (server->dtsize > server->rsize)
|
|
|
|
server->dtsize = server->rsize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NOAC) {
|
|
|
|
server->acregmin = server->acregmax = 0;
|
|
|
|
server->acdirmin = server->acdirmax = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->maxfilesize = fsinfo->maxfilesize;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-13 06:30:05 +07:00
|
|
|
server->time_delta = fsinfo->time_delta;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* We're airborne Set socket buffersize */
|
|
|
|
rpc_setbufsize(server->client, server->wsize + 100, server->rsize + 100);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Probe filesystem information, including the FSID on v2/v3
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_probe_fsinfo(struct nfs_server *server, struct nfs_fh *mntfh, struct nfs_fattr *fattr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fsinfo fsinfo;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_probe_fsinfo()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops->set_capabilities != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
error = clp->rpc_ops->set_capabilities(server, mntfh);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fsinfo.fattr = fattr;
|
2010-10-20 11:17:58 +07:00
|
|
|
fsinfo.layouttype = 0;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
error = clp->rpc_ops->fsinfo(server, mntfh, &fsinfo);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_error;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-31 07:52:36 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_server_set_fsinfo(server, mntfh, &fsinfo);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get some general file system info */
|
|
|
|
if (server->namelen == 0) {
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_pathconf pathinfo;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pathinfo.fattr = fattr;
|
|
|
|
nfs_fattr_init(fattr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops->pathconf(server, mntfh, &pathinfo) >= 0)
|
|
|
|
server->namelen = pathinfo.max_namelen;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_probe_fsinfo() = 0\n");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_error:
|
|
|
|
dprintk("nfs_probe_fsinfo: error = %d\n", -error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Copy useful information when duplicating a server record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_server_copy_userdata(struct nfs_server *target, struct nfs_server *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
target->flags = source->flags;
|
2010-04-23 02:35:56 +07:00
|
|
|
target->rsize = source->rsize;
|
|
|
|
target->wsize = source->wsize;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
target->acregmin = source->acregmin;
|
|
|
|
target->acregmax = source->acregmax;
|
|
|
|
target->acdirmin = source->acdirmin;
|
|
|
|
target->acdirmax = source->acdirmax;
|
|
|
|
target->caps = source->caps;
|
2009-09-24 01:36:39 +07:00
|
|
|
target->options = source->options;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_server_insert_lists(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
list_add_tail_rcu(&server->client_link, &clp->cl_superblocks);
|
|
|
|
list_add_tail(&server->master_link, &nfs_volume_list);
|
2011-03-01 08:34:10 +07:00
|
|
|
clear_bit(NFS_CS_STOP_RENEW, &clp->cl_res_state);
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_server_remove_lists(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-03-01 08:34:10 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
list_del_rcu(&server->client_link);
|
2011-03-01 08:34:10 +07:00
|
|
|
if (clp && list_empty(&clp->cl_superblocks))
|
|
|
|
set_bit(NFS_CS_STOP_RENEW, &clp->cl_res_state);
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
list_del(&server->master_link);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
synchronize_rcu();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Allocate and initialise a server record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct nfs_server *nfs_alloc_server(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server = kzalloc(sizeof(struct nfs_server), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!server)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->client = server->client_acl = ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Zero out the NFS state stuff */
|
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->client_link);
|
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->master_link);
|
2010-12-24 08:33:04 +07:00
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->delegations);
|
2011-06-02 03:44:44 +07:00
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->layouts);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-11-08 16:05:04 +07:00
|
|
|
atomic_set(&server->active, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->io_stats = nfs_alloc_iostats();
|
|
|
|
if (!server->io_stats) {
|
|
|
|
kfree(server);
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-21 14:59:39 +07:00
|
|
|
if (bdi_init(&server->backing_dev_info)) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_iostats(server->io_stats);
|
|
|
|
kfree(server);
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-06 18:36:32 +07:00
|
|
|
pnfs_init_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
return server;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Free up a server record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void nfs_free_server(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_free_server()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_server_remove_lists(server);
|
2010-10-20 11:17:58 +07:00
|
|
|
unset_pnfs_layoutdriver(server);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (server->destroy != NULL)
|
|
|
|
server->destroy(server);
|
2007-12-12 10:01:56 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(server->client_acl))
|
|
|
|
rpc_shutdown_client(server->client_acl);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(server->client))
|
|
|
|
rpc_shutdown_client(server->client);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_put_client(server->nfs_client);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_iostats(server->io_stats);
|
2007-10-17 13:25:46 +07:00
|
|
|
bdi_destroy(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
kfree(server);
|
|
|
|
nfs_release_automount_timer();
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_free_server()\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a version 2 or 3 volume record
|
|
|
|
* - keyed on server and FSID
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-11 00:43:56 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfs_create_server(const struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data,
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fattr *fattr;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_alloc_server();
|
|
|
|
if (!server)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
fattr = nfs_alloc_fattr();
|
|
|
|
if (fattr == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Get a client representation */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_init_server(server, data);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!server->nfs_client);
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!server->nfs_client->rpc_ops);
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->file_inode_ops);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Probe the root fh to retrieve its FSID */
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_probe_fsinfo(server, mntfh, fattr);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
2007-09-28 23:27:41 +07:00
|
|
|
if (server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version == 3) {
|
|
|
|
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS3_MAXNAMLEN)
|
|
|
|
server->namelen = NFS3_MAXNAMLEN;
|
|
|
|
if (!(data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS))
|
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_READDIRPLUS;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS2_MAXNAMLEN)
|
|
|
|
server->namelen = NFS2_MAXNAMLEN;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!(fattr->valid & NFS_ATTR_FATTR)) {
|
|
|
|
error = server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->getattr(server, mntfh, fattr);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0) {
|
|
|
|
dprintk("nfs_create_server: getattr error = %d\n", -error);
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
memcpy(&server->fsid, &fattr->fsid, sizeof(server->fsid));
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2006-08-25 02:44:16 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("Server FSID: %llx:%llx\n",
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_server_insert_lists(server);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->mount_time = jiffies;
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fattr(fattr);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
return server;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error:
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fattr(fattr);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* NFSv4.0 callback thread helper
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Find a client by IP address, protocol version, and minorversion
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Called from the pg_authenticate method. The callback identifier
|
|
|
|
* is not used as it has not been decoded.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Returns NULL if no such client
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_find_client_no_ident(const struct sockaddr *addr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(clp, &nfs_client_list, cl_share_link) {
|
|
|
|
if (nfs4_cb_match_client(addr, clp, 0) == false)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&clp->cl_count);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* NFSv4.0 callback thread helper
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Find a client by callback identifier
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_find_client_ident(int cb_ident)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
clp = idr_find(&cb_ident_idr, cb_ident);
|
|
|
|
if (clp)
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&clp->cl_count);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_NFS_V4_1)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* NFSv4.1 callback thread helper
|
|
|
|
* For CB_COMPOUND calls, find a client by IP address, protocol version,
|
|
|
|
* minorversion, and sessionID
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Returns NULL if no such client
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_find_client_sessionid(const struct sockaddr *addr,
|
2011-01-25 22:38:01 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs4_sessionid *sid)
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(clp, &nfs_client_list, cl_share_link) {
|
|
|
|
if (nfs4_cb_match_client(addr, clp, 1) == false)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!nfs4_has_session(clp))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-25 22:38:01 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Match sessionid*/
|
|
|
|
if (memcmp(clp->cl_session->sess_id.data,
|
|
|
|
sid->data, NFS4_MAX_SESSIONID_LEN) != 0)
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&clp->cl_count);
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_find_client_sessionid(const struct sockaddr *addr,
|
2011-01-25 22:38:01 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs4_sessionid *sid)
|
2011-01-06 09:04:32 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:55 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialize the NFS4 callback service
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_init_callback(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops->version == 4) {
|
2009-04-01 20:23:15 +07:00
|
|
|
if (nfs4_has_session(clp)) {
|
|
|
|
error = xprt_setup_backchannel(
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_rpcclient->cl_xprt,
|
|
|
|
NFS41_BC_MIN_CALLBACKS);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-16 20:52:26 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_callback_up(clp->cl_mvops->minor_version,
|
2009-04-01 20:22:56 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->cl_rpcclient->cl_xprt);
|
2009-04-01 20:22:55 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0) {
|
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: failed to start callback. Error = %d\n",
|
|
|
|
__func__, error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
__set_bit(NFS_CS_CALLBACK, &clp->cl_res_state);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialize the minor version specific parts of an NFS4 client record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_init_client_minor_version(struct nfs_client *clp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_NFS_V4_1)
|
2010-06-16 20:52:26 +07:00
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_mvops->minor_version) {
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs4_session *session = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create the session and mark it expired.
|
|
|
|
* When a SEQUENCE operation encounters the expired session
|
|
|
|
* it will do session recovery to initialize it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
session = nfs4_alloc_session(clp);
|
|
|
|
if (!session)
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_session = session;
|
2010-06-16 20:52:27 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The create session reply races with the server back
|
|
|
|
* channel probe. Mark the client NFS_CS_SESSION_INITING
|
|
|
|
* so that the client back channel can find the
|
|
|
|
* nfs_client struct
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_cons_state = NFS_CS_SESSION_INITING;
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:56 +07:00
|
|
|
return nfs4_init_callback(clp);
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Initialise an NFS4 client record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
int nfs4_init_client(struct nfs_client *clp,
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
|
|
|
|
const char *ip_addr,
|
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t authflavour,
|
|
|
|
int noresvport)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->cl_cons_state == NFS_CS_READY) {
|
|
|
|
/* the client is initialised already */
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_init_client() = 0 [already %p]\n", clp);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check NFS protocol revision and initialize RPC op vector */
|
|
|
|
clp->rpc_ops = &nfs_v4_clientops;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_create_rpc_client(clp, timeparms, authflavour,
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
1, noresvport);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
2009-10-07 02:42:18 +07:00
|
|
|
strlcpy(clp->cl_ipaddr, ip_addr, sizeof(clp->cl_ipaddr));
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_idmap_new(clp);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0) {
|
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: failed to create idmapper. Error = %d\n",
|
2008-05-03 03:42:44 +07:00
|
|
|
__func__, error);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 07:06:14 +07:00
|
|
|
__set_bit(NFS_CS_IDMAP, &clp->cl_res_state);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_init_client_minor_version(clp);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:38 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs4_has_session(clp))
|
|
|
|
nfs_mark_client_ready(clp, NFS_CS_READY);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
nfs_mark_client_ready(clp, error);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_init_client() = xerror %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set up an NFS4 client
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_set_client(struct nfs_server *server,
|
2007-12-11 02:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
const char *hostname,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *addr,
|
|
|
|
const size_t addrlen,
|
2006-10-20 13:28:39 +07:00
|
|
|
const char *ip_addr,
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t authflavour,
|
2009-04-01 20:21:49 +07:00
|
|
|
int proto, const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
|
|
|
|
u32 minorversion)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client_initdata cl_init = {
|
|
|
|
.hostname = hostname,
|
2007-12-11 02:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
.addr = addr,
|
|
|
|
.addrlen = addrlen,
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
.rpc_ops = &nfs_v4_clientops,
|
2008-01-04 04:29:06 +07:00
|
|
|
.proto = proto,
|
2009-04-01 20:21:50 +07:00
|
|
|
.minorversion = minorversion,
|
2007-12-15 02:56:04 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_set_client()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate or find a client reference we can use */
|
2011-03-01 08:34:08 +07:00
|
|
|
clp = nfs_get_client(&cl_init, timeparms, ip_addr, authflavour,
|
|
|
|
server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(clp)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(clp);
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-01 08:34:11 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Query for the lease time on clientid setup or renewal
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note that this will be set on nfs_clients that were created
|
|
|
|
* only for the DS role and did not set this bit, but now will
|
|
|
|
* serve a dual role.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
set_bit(NFS_CS_CHECK_LEASE_TIME, &clp->cl_res_state);
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->nfs_client = clp;
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_set_client() = 0 [new %p]\n", clp);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_set_client() = xerror %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-01 08:34:17 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set up a pNFS Data Server client.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return any existing nfs_client that matches server address,port,version
|
|
|
|
* and minorversion.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* For a new nfs_client, use a soft mount (default), a low retrans and a
|
|
|
|
* low timeout interval so that if a connection is lost, we retry through
|
|
|
|
* the MDS.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *nfs4_set_ds_client(struct nfs_client* mds_clp,
|
|
|
|
const struct sockaddr *ds_addr,
|
|
|
|
int ds_addrlen, int ds_proto)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client_initdata cl_init = {
|
|
|
|
.addr = ds_addr,
|
|
|
|
.addrlen = ds_addrlen,
|
|
|
|
.rpc_ops = &nfs_v4_clientops,
|
|
|
|
.proto = ds_proto,
|
|
|
|
.minorversion = mds_clp->cl_minorversion,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_timeout ds_timeout = {
|
|
|
|
.to_initval = 15 * HZ,
|
|
|
|
.to_maxval = 15 * HZ,
|
|
|
|
.to_retries = 1,
|
|
|
|
.to_exponential = 1,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set an authflavor equual to the MDS value. Use the MDS nfs_client
|
|
|
|
* cl_ipaddr so as to use the same EXCHANGE_ID co_ownerid as the MDS
|
|
|
|
* (section 13.1 RFC 5661).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
clp = nfs_get_client(&cl_init, &ds_timeout, mds_clp->cl_ipaddr,
|
|
|
|
mds_clp->cl_rpcclient->cl_auth->au_flavor, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- %s %p\n", __func__, clp);
|
|
|
|
return clp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-07-14 06:26:49 +07:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs4_set_ds_client);
|
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:33 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Session has been established, and the client marked ready.
|
|
|
|
* Set the mount rsize and wsize with negotiated fore channel
|
|
|
|
* attributes which will be bound checked in nfs_server_set_fsinfo.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_session_set_rwsize(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4_1
|
2009-12-06 01:36:55 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs4_session *sess;
|
|
|
|
u32 server_resp_sz;
|
|
|
|
u32 server_rqst_sz;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 20:22:33 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs4_has_session(server->nfs_client))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2009-12-06 01:36:55 +07:00
|
|
|
sess = server->nfs_client->cl_session;
|
|
|
|
server_resp_sz = sess->fc_attrs.max_resp_sz - nfs41_maxread_overhead;
|
|
|
|
server_rqst_sz = sess->fc_attrs.max_rqst_sz - nfs41_maxwrite_overhead;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (server->rsize > server_resp_sz)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = server_resp_sz;
|
|
|
|
if (server->wsize > server_rqst_sz)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = server_rqst_sz;
|
2009-04-01 20:22:33 +07:00
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-17 22:45:12 +07:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_server_common_setup(struct nfs_server *server,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fattr *fattr;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!server->nfs_client);
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!server->nfs_client->rpc_ops);
|
|
|
|
BUG_ON(!server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->file_inode_ops);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-01 08:34:12 +07:00
|
|
|
/* data servers support only a subset of NFSv4.1 */
|
|
|
|
if (is_ds_only_client(server->nfs_client))
|
|
|
|
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-17 22:45:12 +07:00
|
|
|
fattr = nfs_alloc_fattr();
|
|
|
|
if (fattr == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We must ensure the session is initialised first */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs4_init_session(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Probe the root fh to retrieve its FSID and filehandle */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs4_get_rootfh(server, mntfh);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("Server FSID: %llx:%llx\n",
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("Mount FH: %d\n", mntfh->size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs4_session_set_rwsize(server);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_probe_fsinfo(server, mntfh, fattr);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS4_MAXNAMLEN)
|
|
|
|
server->namelen = NFS4_MAXNAMLEN;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_server_insert_lists(server);
|
2010-06-17 22:45:12 +07:00
|
|
|
server->mount_time = jiffies;
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_fattr(fattr);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a version 4 volume record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_init_server(struct nfs_server *server,
|
2007-09-11 00:44:33 +07:00
|
|
|
const struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
struct rpc_timeout timeparms;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_init_server()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_init_timeout_values(&timeparms, data->nfs_server.protocol,
|
|
|
|
data->timeo, data->retrans);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-24 03:21:36 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Initialise the client representation from the mount data */
|
|
|
|
server->flags = data->flags;
|
NFS: Readdir plus in v4
By requsting more attributes during a readdir, we can mimic the readdir plus
operation that was in NFSv3.
To test, I ran the command `ls -lU --color=none` on directories with various
numbers of files. Without readdir plus, I see this:
n files | 100 | 1,000 | 10,000 | 100,000 | 1,000,000
--------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+----------
real | 0m00.153s | 0m00.589s | 0m05.601s | 0m56.691s | 9m59.128s
user | 0m00.007s | 0m00.007s | 0m00.077s | 0m00.703s | 0m06.800s
sys | 0m00.010s | 0m00.070s | 0m00.633s | 0m06.423s | 1m10.005s
access | 3 | 1 | 1 | 4 | 31
getattr | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1
lookup | 104 | 1,003 | 10,003 | 100,003 | 1,000,003
readdir | 2 | 16 | 158 | 1,575 | 15,749
total | 111 | 1,021 | 10,163 | 101,583 | 1,015,784
With readdir plus enabled, I see this:
n files | 100 | 1,000 | 10,000 | 100,000 | 1,000,000
--------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+----------
real | 0m00.115s | 0m00.206s | 0m01.079s | 0m12.521s | 2m07.528s
user | 0m00.003s | 0m00.003s | 0m00.040s | 0m00.290s | 0m03.296s
sys | 0m00.007s | 0m00.020s | 0m00.120s | 0m01.357s | 0m17.556s
access | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 7
getattr | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1
lookup | 4 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3
readdir | 6 | 62 | 630 | 6,300 | 62,993
total | 15 | 67 | 635 | 6,305 | 63,004
Readdir plus disabled has about a 16x increase in the number of rpc calls and
is 4 - 5 times slower on large directories.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Schumaker <bjschuma@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2010-10-22 03:33:18 +07:00
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_ATOMIC_OPEN|NFS_CAP_CHANGE_ATTR|NFS_CAP_POSIX_LOCK;
|
|
|
|
if (!(data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS))
|
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_READDIRPLUS;
|
2009-04-03 22:42:48 +07:00
|
|
|
server->options = data->options;
|
2008-12-24 03:21:36 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Get a client record */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs4_set_client(server,
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.hostname,
|
|
|
|
(const struct sockaddr *)&data->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen,
|
|
|
|
data->client_address,
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavors[0],
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.protocol,
|
2009-04-01 20:21:49 +07:00
|
|
|
&timeparms,
|
|
|
|
data->minorversion);
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-02-23 06:44:32 +07:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Don't use NFS uid/gid mapping if we're using AUTH_SYS or lower
|
|
|
|
* authentication.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (nfs4_disable_idmapping && data->auth_flavors[0] == RPC_AUTH_UNIX)
|
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_UIDGID_NOMAP;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (data->rsize)
|
|
|
|
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(data->rsize, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (data->wsize)
|
|
|
|
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(data->wsize, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->acregmin = data->acregmin * HZ;
|
|
|
|
server->acregmax = data->acregmax * HZ;
|
|
|
|
server->acdirmin = data->acdirmin * HZ;
|
|
|
|
server->acdirmax = data->acdirmax * HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-15 01:10:22 +07:00
|
|
|
server->port = data->nfs_server.port;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_init_server_rpcclient(server, &timeparms, data->auth_flavors[0]);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
error:
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Done */
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_init_server() = %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create a version 4 volume record
|
|
|
|
* - keyed on server and FSID
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-11 00:44:33 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfs4_create_server(const struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data,
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_create_server()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_alloc_server();
|
|
|
|
if (!server)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* set up the general RPC client */
|
2007-09-11 00:44:33 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_init_server(server, data);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-17 22:45:12 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_server_common_setup(server, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_create_server() = %p\n", server);
|
|
|
|
return server;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_create_server() = error %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create an NFS4 referral server record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfs4_create_referral_server(struct nfs_clone_mount *data,
|
2007-02-03 05:46:09 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh)
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *parent_client;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server, *parent_server;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_create_referral_server()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_alloc_server();
|
|
|
|
if (!server)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parent_server = NFS_SB(data->sb);
|
|
|
|
parent_client = parent_server->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-24 03:21:36 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Initialise the client representation from the parent server */
|
|
|
|
nfs_server_copy_userdata(server, parent_server);
|
2009-08-10 02:06:19 +07:00
|
|
|
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_ATOMIC_OPEN|NFS_CAP_CHANGE_ATTR;
|
2008-12-24 03:21:36 +07:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Get a client representation.
|
|
|
|
* Note: NFSv4 always uses TCP, */
|
2007-12-11 02:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_set_client(server, data->hostname,
|
2007-12-11 02:59:06 +07:00
|
|
|
data->addr,
|
|
|
|
data->addrlen,
|
2007-12-11 02:58:59 +07:00
|
|
|
parent_client->cl_ipaddr,
|
|
|
|
data->authflavor,
|
|
|
|
parent_server->client->cl_xprt->prot,
|
2009-04-01 20:21:49 +07:00
|
|
|
parent_server->client->cl_timeout,
|
2010-06-16 20:52:26 +07:00
|
|
|
parent_client->cl_mvops->minor_version);
|
2006-08-29 23:19:41 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_init_server_rpcclient(server, parent_server->client->cl_timeout, data->authflavor);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-17 22:45:12 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_server_common_setup(server, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_create_referral_server() = %p\n", server);
|
|
|
|
return server;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_create_referral_server() = error %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Clone an NFS2, NFS3 or NFS4 server record
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfs_clone_server(struct nfs_server *source,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *fh,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fattr *fattr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fattr *fattr_fsinfo;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_clone_server(,%llx:%llx,)\n",
|
2006-08-25 02:44:16 +07:00
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) fattr->fsid.major,
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) fattr->fsid.minor);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_alloc_server();
|
|
|
|
if (!server)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
fattr_fsinfo = nfs_alloc_fattr();
|
|
|
|
if (fattr_fsinfo == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_server;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
/* Copy data from the source */
|
|
|
|
server->nfs_client = source->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&server->nfs_client->cl_count);
|
|
|
|
nfs_server_copy_userdata(server, source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
server->fsid = fattr->fsid;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 04:03:59 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_init_server_rpcclient(server,
|
|
|
|
source->client->cl_timeout,
|
|
|
|
source->client->cl_auth->au_flavor);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_server;
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(source->client_acl))
|
|
|
|
nfs_init_server_aclclient(server);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* probe the filesystem info for this server filesystem */
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_probe_fsinfo(server, fh, fattr_fsinfo);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_server;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 23:27:41 +07:00
|
|
|
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS4_MAXNAMLEN)
|
|
|
|
server->namelen = NFS4_MAXNAMLEN;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("Cloned FSID: %llx:%llx\n",
|
2006-08-25 02:44:16 +07:00
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_start_lockd(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_server;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-24 08:32:32 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_server_insert_lists(server);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
server->mount_time = jiffies;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fattr(fattr_fsinfo);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_clone_server() = %p\n", server);
|
|
|
|
return server;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_free_server:
|
2010-04-17 03:22:46 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fattr(fattr_fsinfo);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_clone_server() = error %d\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS
|
|
|
|
static struct proc_dir_entry *proc_fs_nfs;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_server_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_server_list_start(struct seq_file *p, loff_t *pos);
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_server_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos);
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_server_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v);
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_server_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-23 06:43:43 +07:00
|
|
|
static const struct seq_operations nfs_server_list_ops = {
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
.start = nfs_server_list_start,
|
|
|
|
.next = nfs_server_list_next,
|
|
|
|
.stop = nfs_server_list_stop,
|
|
|
|
.show = nfs_server_list_show,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 15:55:34 +07:00
|
|
|
static const struct file_operations nfs_server_list_fops = {
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
.open = nfs_server_list_open,
|
|
|
|
.read = seq_read,
|
|
|
|
.llseek = seq_lseek,
|
|
|
|
.release = seq_release,
|
2008-04-29 15:02:07 +07:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_volume_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_volume_list_start(struct seq_file *p, loff_t *pos);
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_volume_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos);
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_volume_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v);
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_volume_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-23 06:43:43 +07:00
|
|
|
static const struct seq_operations nfs_volume_list_ops = {
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
.start = nfs_volume_list_start,
|
|
|
|
.next = nfs_volume_list_next,
|
|
|
|
.stop = nfs_volume_list_stop,
|
|
|
|
.show = nfs_volume_list_show,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 15:55:34 +07:00
|
|
|
static const struct file_operations nfs_volume_list_fops = {
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
.open = nfs_volume_list_open,
|
|
|
|
.read = seq_read,
|
|
|
|
.llseek = seq_lseek,
|
|
|
|
.release = seq_release,
|
2008-04-29 15:02:07 +07:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* open "/proc/fs/nfsfs/servers" which provides a summary of servers with which
|
|
|
|
* we're dealing
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_server_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct seq_file *m;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = seq_open(file, &nfs_server_list_ops);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m = file->private_data;
|
|
|
|
m->private = PDE(inode)->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* set up the iterator to start reading from the server list and return the first item
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_server_list_start(struct seq_file *m, loff_t *_pos)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* lock the list against modification */
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
2007-07-16 13:39:56 +07:00
|
|
|
return seq_list_start_head(&nfs_client_list, *_pos);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* move to next server
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_server_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-07-16 13:39:56 +07:00
|
|
|
return seq_list_next(v, &nfs_client_list, pos);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* clean up after reading from the transports list
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_server_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* display a header line followed by a load of call lines
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_server_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* display header on line 1 */
|
2007-07-16 13:39:56 +07:00
|
|
|
if (v == &nfs_client_list) {
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, "NV SERVER PORT USE HOSTNAME\n");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* display one transport per line on subsequent lines */
|
|
|
|
clp = list_entry(v, struct nfs_client, cl_share_link);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 02:57:16 +07:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "v%u %s %s %3d %s\n",
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->rpc_ops->version,
|
2007-12-11 02:57:16 +07:00
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_ADDR),
|
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_PORT),
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
atomic_read(&clp->cl_count),
|
|
|
|
clp->cl_hostname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* open "/proc/fs/nfsfs/volumes" which provides a summary of extant volumes
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_volume_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct seq_file *m;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = seq_open(file, &nfs_volume_list_ops);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m = file->private_data;
|
|
|
|
m->private = PDE(inode)->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* set up the iterator to start reading from the volume list and return the first item
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_volume_list_start(struct seq_file *m, loff_t *_pos)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* lock the list against modification */
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
2007-07-16 13:39:56 +07:00
|
|
|
return seq_list_start_head(&nfs_volume_list, *_pos);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* move to next volume
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void *nfs_volume_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-07-16 13:39:56 +07:00
|
|
|
return seq_list_next(v, &nfs_volume_list, pos);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* clean up after reading from the transports list
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_volume_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_client_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* display a header line followed by a load of call lines
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_volume_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp;
|
|
|
|
char dev[8], fsid[17];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* display header on line 1 */
|
2007-07-16 13:39:56 +07:00
|
|
|
if (v == &nfs_volume_list) {
|
2009-04-03 22:42:47 +07:00
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, "NV SERVER PORT DEV FSID FSC\n");
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* display one transport per line on subsequent lines */
|
|
|
|
server = list_entry(v, struct nfs_server, master_link);
|
|
|
|
clp = server->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
snprintf(dev, 8, "%u:%u",
|
|
|
|
MAJOR(server->s_dev), MINOR(server->s_dev));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
snprintf(fsid, 17, "%llx:%llx",
|
2006-08-25 02:44:16 +07:00
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
|
|
|
|
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 22:42:47 +07:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "v%u %s %s %-7s %-17s %s\n",
|
2007-12-15 02:56:07 +07:00
|
|
|
clp->rpc_ops->version,
|
2007-12-11 02:57:16 +07:00
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_ADDR),
|
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_PORT),
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
dev,
|
2009-04-03 22:42:47 +07:00
|
|
|
fsid,
|
|
|
|
nfs_server_fscache_state(server));
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* initialise the /proc/fs/nfsfs/ directory
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int __init nfs_fs_proc_init(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct proc_dir_entry *p;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-29 15:01:42 +07:00
|
|
|
proc_fs_nfs = proc_mkdir("fs/nfsfs", NULL);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!proc_fs_nfs)
|
|
|
|
goto error_0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* a file of servers with which we're dealing */
|
2008-04-29 15:02:07 +07:00
|
|
|
p = proc_create("servers", S_IFREG|S_IRUGO,
|
|
|
|
proc_fs_nfs, &nfs_server_list_fops);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!p)
|
|
|
|
goto error_1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* a file of volumes that we have mounted */
|
2008-04-29 15:02:07 +07:00
|
|
|
p = proc_create("volumes", S_IFREG|S_IRUGO,
|
|
|
|
proc_fs_nfs, &nfs_volume_list_fops);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
if (!p)
|
|
|
|
goto error_2;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error_2:
|
|
|
|
remove_proc_entry("servers", proc_fs_nfs);
|
|
|
|
error_1:
|
2008-04-29 15:01:42 +07:00
|
|
|
remove_proc_entry("fs/nfsfs", NULL);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
error_0:
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* clean up the /proc/fs/nfsfs/ directory
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void nfs_fs_proc_exit(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
remove_proc_entry("volumes", proc_fs_nfs);
|
|
|
|
remove_proc_entry("servers", proc_fs_nfs);
|
2008-04-29 15:01:42 +07:00
|
|
|
remove_proc_entry("fs/nfsfs", NULL);
|
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_PROC_FS */
|
2011-02-23 06:44:32 +07:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
module_param(nfs4_disable_idmapping, bool, 0644);
|
|
|
|
MODULE_PARM_DESC(nfs4_disable_idmapping,
|
|
|
|
"Turn off NFSv4 idmapping when using 'sec=sys'");
|